Difference between revisions of "Module:Citation/CS1"
From Timelines
(Synch from sandbox;) |
(Synch from sandbox;) |
||
| (24 intermediate revisions by 3 users not shown) | |||
| Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
| − | local | + | local cs1 ={}; |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
| − | + | local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |
| − | + | add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link; | |
| + | |||
| + | local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
| + | |||
| + | local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers | ||
| + | |||
| + | local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | ||
| + | |||
| + | local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration | ||
| + | local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist | ||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- | ||
| + | |||
| + | delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here | ||
| + | and used here | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once | |
| − | + | local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats | |
| + | local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table | ||
| + | |||
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| − | + | Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, | |
| + | left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. | ||
| + | |||
| + | This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs | ||
| + | version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate | ||
| + | the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function first_set( | + | local function first_set (list, count) |
| − | local | + | local i = 1; |
| − | + | while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list | |
| − | if is_set( | + | if is_set( list[i] ) then |
| − | return | + | return list[i]; -- return the first set list member |
end | end | ||
| + | i = i + 1; -- point to next | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- |
| − | + | Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. | |
| + | |||
| + | added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) |
| − | if | + | if not added_prop_cats [key] then |
| − | + | added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category | |
| + | table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |||
| + | Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. | ||
| + | To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. | ||
| − | + | added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above | |
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function add_vanc_error (source) |
| − | + | if not added_vanc_errs then | |
| + | added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| + | |||
| + | does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it | ||
| + | is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: | ||
| + | Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a | ||
| + | letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus | ||
| + | ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). | ||
| + | |||
| + | returns true if it does, else false | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | |
| − | return | + | local function is_scheme (scheme) |
| + | return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| + | Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? | ||
| + | |||
| + | Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 | ||
| + | BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 | ||
| + | Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; | ||
| + | see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] | ||
| + | list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db | ||
| + | |||
| + | rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between | ||
| + | the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. | ||
| − | + | Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld | |
| − | + | is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped | |
| − | + | here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | There are several tests: | |
| − | + | the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit | |
| − | + | internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 | |
| − | + | single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD | |
| − | + | q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD | |
| + | i and q SL domains in the .net TLD | ||
| + | single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) | ||
| + | two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | ||
| + | three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) | ||
| + | IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed | ||
| + | |||
| + | returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]=] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local function is_domain_name (domain) | ||
| + | if not domain then | ||
| + | return false; -- if not set, abandon | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once | |
| − | + | if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit | |
| − | + | return false; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | -- Do most common case first | |
| − | + | if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld | |
| − | + | return true; | |
| − | + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix | |
| − | return | + | return true; |
| + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address | ||
| + | return true; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return false; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| + | |||
| + | returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. | ||
| − | + | This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that | |
| − | + | are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external | |
| + | wikilinks. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function is_url (scheme, domain) |
| − | return | + | if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain |
| + | return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| − | + | Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). | |
| + | |||
| + | If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. | ||
| − | + | When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one | |
| − | + | or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Strip off any port and path; | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | ]] | + | local function split_url (url_str) |
| + | local scheme, authority, domain; | ||
| + | |||
| + | url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') | ||
| − | + | if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url | |
| − | + | domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') | |
| − | + | elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name | |
| + | scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions | ||
| + | authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; | ||
| + | if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then | ||
| + | return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present | ||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return scheme, domain; |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | this function is | + | checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls |
| + | |||
| + | Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: | ||
| + | # < > [ ] | { } _ | ||
| + | except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links | ||
| + | |||
| + | returns false when the value contains any of these characters. | ||
| + | |||
| + | When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the | ||
| + | |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function link_param_ok (value) |
| − | + | local scheme, domain; | |
| − | + | if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters | |
| − | + | return false; | |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; |
| + | return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
| + | |||
| + | Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. | ||
| − | + | |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when | |
| + | that condition exists | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) |
| − | + | local orig; | |
| − | if | + | |
| − | + | if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value | |
| − | if | + | if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup |
| − | + | orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter | |
| − | + | elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup | |
| − | + | orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter | |
| − | end | + | end |
end | end | ||
| − | if | + | |
| − | + | if is_set (orig) then | |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| + | |||
| + | Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. | ||
| + | |||
| + | First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain | ||
| + | portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two | ||
| + | portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links | ||
| + | that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name | ||
| + | is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function check_url( url_str ) |
| − | + | if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url | |
| − | if | + | return false; |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | local scheme, domain; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups | |
| − | + | return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first | |
| + | non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks | ||
| + | that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. | ||
| + | |||
| + | The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that | ||
| + | find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, | ||
| + | and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] | ||
| + | is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]=] | ||
| − | + | local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) | |
| + | local scheme, domain; | ||
| − | + | if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] | |
| − | + | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); | |
| − | + | elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] | |
| − | + | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); | |
| − | + | elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text | |
| − | + | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); | |
| − | + | elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text | |
| + | scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| + | |||
| + | local function check_for_url (parameter_list) | ||
| + | local error_message = ''; | ||
| + | for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list | ||
| + | if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message | ||
| + | if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... | ||
| + | error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions | |
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function safe_for_url( str ) |
| − | + | if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then | |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); | |
| − | if | + | end |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { | |
| − | + | ['['] = '[', | |
| − | + | [']'] = ']', | |
| − | + | ['\n'] = ' ' } ); | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | + | Format an external link with error checking | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) |
| − | if is_set ( | + | local error_str = ""; |
| − | + | local domain; | |
| − | if | + | local path; |
| − | + | local base_url; | |
| − | + | ||
| + | if not is_set( label ) then | ||
| + | label = URL; | ||
| + | if is_set( source ) then | ||
| + | error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if not check_url( URL ) then | ||
| + | error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path | ||
| + | if path then -- if there is a path portion | ||
| + | path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values | ||
| + | URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(access) then -- access level (free, paywalled, ...) | ||
| + | base_url = substitute(cfg.presentation[access], base_url); | ||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | |
| + | return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- |
| + | |||
| + | Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the | ||
| + | offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated | ||
| + | parameters in the citation. | ||
| − | + | added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function deprecated_parameter(name) |
| − | if not | + | if not added_deprecated_cat then |
| − | + | added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category | |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. | |
| − | + | This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: | |
| − | + | "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" | |
| − | + | " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) | |
| − | + | Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. | |
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | |
| + | Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. | ||
| − | + | Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. | |
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function kern_quotes (str) |
| − | local | + | local cap=''; |
| − | local | + | local cap2=''; |
| − | + | -- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced? | |
| + | str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) | ||
| + | str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) | ||
| − | + | cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes | |
| − | + | if is_set (cap) then | |
| − | + | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") | |
| − | + | if is_set (cap) then | |
| − | + | str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return str; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | return | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C | + | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
| − | + | |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should | |
| − | + | not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped | |
| + | in italic markup. | ||
| − | + | Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. | |
| − | + | |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: | |
| − | + | |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) | |
| − | + | Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: | |
| − | + | |script-title=ja : *** *** | |
| − | + | |script-title=ja: *** *** | |
| − | + | |script-title=ja :*** *** | |
| − | + | Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can | |
| − | + | know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute | |
| − | + | is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | - | + | TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | |
| − | local | + | local function format_script_value (script_value) |
| − | + | local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string | |
| − | + | local name; | |
| − | + | if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix | |
| − | + | lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script | |
| − | return | + | if not is_set (lang) then |
| + | return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | -- if we get this far we have prefix and script | |
| − | + | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize | |
| − | + | if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? | |
| − | + | script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script | |
| − | + | -- is prefix one of these language codes? | |
| − | + | if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then | |
| − | + | add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
else | else | ||
| − | + | add_prop_cat ('script') | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | return script_value; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[ | + | --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ |
| − | |||
| − | + | Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been | |
| − | + | wrapped in <bdi> tags. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | |
| − | + | local function script_concatenate (title, script) | |
| − | + | if is_set (script) then | |
| − | + | script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error | |
| − | + | if is_set (script) then | |
| − | + | title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return title; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | return | ||
end | end | ||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list | |
| − | + | configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken | |
| − | + | from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
| − | + | if not is_set( str ) then | |
| − | + | return ""; | |
| − | |||
| − | if | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if true == lower then | |
| − | return | + | local msg; |
| + | msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before | ||
| + | return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- | |
| + | parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes) |
| − | local | + | local chapter_error = ''; |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if not is_set (chapter) then | |
| − | + | chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | if false == no_quotes then | |
| − | + | chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks | |
| − | + | chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); | |
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (transchapter) then | ||
| + | transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); | ||
| + | if is_set (chapter) then | ||
| + | chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; | ||
| + | else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter | ||
| + | chapter = transchapter; -- | ||
| + | chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| + | if is_set (chapterurl) then | ||
| + | chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return chapter .. chapter_error; | ||
end | end | ||
| + | --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- | ||
| − | + | This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the | |
| + | first match. | ||
| − | + | This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. | |
| + | |||
| + | Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) | ||
| + | and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). | ||
| + | |||
| + | Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker | ||
| + | that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the | ||
| + | parameter value. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) |
| − | + | local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker | |
| − | + | local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned | |
| − | + | local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker | |
| − | + | local i=1; | |
| − | if | + | local stripmarker, apostrophe; |
| − | return | + | |
| + | capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true | ||
| + | if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters | ||
| + | return; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do | |
| − | if | + | local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name |
| − | + | local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it | |
| − | + | position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if position then | |
| − | + | if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) | |
| − | + | stripmarker = true; -- set a flag | |
| − | + | elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker | |
| + | position = nil; -- unset | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | local err_msg; | ||
| + | if capture then | ||
| + | err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | return; -- and done with this parameter | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | i=i+1; -- bump our index | |
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | + | Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that | |
| − | + | multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function argument_wrapper( args ) |
| − | local | + | local origin = {}; |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | return setmetatable({ | |
| − | + | ORIGIN = function( self, k ) | |
| − | + | local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. | |
| − | + | return origin[k]; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | }, | |
| − | + | { | |
| − | + | __index = function ( tbl, k ) | |
| − | + | if origin[k] ~= nil then | |
| − | + | return nil; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if type( list ) == 'table' then | |
| − | + | v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); | |
| − | + | if origin[k] == nil then | |
| − | end | + | origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil |
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif list ~= nil then | ||
| + | v, origin[k] = args[list], list; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? | ||
| + | -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; | ||
| + | error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Empty strings, not nil; | ||
| + | if v == nil then | ||
| + | v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; | ||
| + | origin[k] = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); | ||
| + | return v; | ||
| + | end, | ||
| + | }); | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< A | + | --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| + | Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist. | ||
| − | + | Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: | |
| − | + | true - active, supported parameters | |
| − | + | false - deprecated, supported parameters | |
| − | + | nil - unsupported parameters | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function validate( name ) |
| − | local | + | local name = tostring( name ); |
| − | local | + | local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; |
| − | |||
| − | + | -- Normal arguments | |
| − | + | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | |
| − | + | if false == state then | |
| − | + | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported | |
| − | + | return true; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- Arguments with numbers in them | |
| − | + | name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# | |
| − | + | state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; | |
| − | + | if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter | |
| − | + | if false == state then | |
| − | -- | + | deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
| − | + | return true; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if | ||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is |
| − | + | MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY | |
| − | |||
| − | + | DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function nowrap_date (date) | |
| − | local | + | local cap=''; |
| + | local cap2=''; | ||
| − | if | + | if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
| − | + | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then | |
| − | + | cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); | |
| − | + | date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | elseif | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return date; | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. | |
| − | + | Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | |
| − | + | local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) | |
| − | + | if is_set(title_type) then | |
| − | + | if "none" == title_type then | |
| − | + | title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed | |
| − | if | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | return | + | return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | --[[ | + | --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- |
| − | |||
| − | + | Converts a hyphen to a dash | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if | + | local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) |
| − | + | if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then | |
| − | + | return str; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| − | -- | ||
| − | -- | ||
| − | + | Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. | |
| − | |||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | local function | + | local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
| − | + | --[[ | |
| − | + | Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. | |
| − | local | + | This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as |
| − | + | long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings | |
| − | + | in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | if | + | |
| − | + | local str = ''; -- the output string | |
| − | + | local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? | |
| − | + | local end_chr = ''; | |
| − | + | local trim; | |
| − | + | for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do | |
| − | + | if value == nil then value = ''; end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if str == '' then -- if output string is empty | |
| − | + | str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) | |
| − | + | elseif value ~= '' then | |
| − | + | if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. | |
| − | + | comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | comp = value; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | -- typically duplicate_char is sepc | |
| − | + | if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? | |
| − | + | -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th | |
| − | + | -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? | |
| − | + | trim = false; | |
| − | + | end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string | |
| − | + | -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? | |
| − | + | if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator | |
| − | + | str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it | |
| − | + | elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup | |
| − | + | if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' | |
| − | + | str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' | |
| − | + | elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' | |
| − | + | trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? | |
| − | + | elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' | |
| − | + | trim = true; -- same question | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup | |
| − | + | if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink | |
| − | + | trim = true; | |
| − | + | elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link | |
| − | + | trim = true; | |
| − | + | elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. | |
| − | + | trim = true; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space | |
| − | + | if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> | |
| − | + | str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | end | ||
| + | if trim then | ||
| + | if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup | ||
| + | local dup2 = duplicate_char; | ||
| + | if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it | ||
| + | |||
| + | value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | str = str .. value; --add it to the output string | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return str; | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< S | + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| − | + | returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. | |
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | |
| − | if | + | local function is_suffix (suffix) |
| − | + | if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then | |
| − | + | return true; | |
| − | |||
| − | return | ||
end | end | ||
| + | return false; | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | + | For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name | |
| − | + | uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. | |
| + | When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. | ||
| + | These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. | ||
| − | + | This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets | |
| − | + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A | |
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF | ||
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F | ||
| + | [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F | ||
| − | + | |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |
| − | + | |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods | |
| − | + | This original test: | |
| − | + | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then | |
| + | was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. | ||
| + | The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary | ||
| + | to use an external editor to maintain this code. | ||
| − | + | \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) | |
| − | + | \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) | |
| − | + | \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) | |
| − | + | \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | + | ||
| − | return | + | local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) |
| + | local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (suffix) then | ||
| + | if not is_suffix (suffix) then | ||
| + | add_vanc_error ('suffix'); | ||
| + | return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| + | if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or | ||
| + | nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then | ||
| + | add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); | ||
| + | return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization | ||
| + | end; | ||
| + | return true; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
| − | -- | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. |
| − | + | Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. | |
| + | This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. | ||
| − | + | This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). | |
| − | This function | ||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function reduce_to_initials(first) | |
| − | + | local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix | |
| − | + | name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix | |
| − | + | if 3 > name:len() then -- if one or two initials | |
| − | + | if suffix then -- if there is a suffix | |
| − | + | if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? | |
| + | return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message | ||
| + | return first; -- and return first unmolested | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | end | + | end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials | |
| + | local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials | ||
| − | + | names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | while names[i] do -- loop through the table | |
| − | + | if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) | |
| − | + | names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present | |
| − | + | if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix | |
| − | + | table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table | |
| + | break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name | ||
| + | end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 3 > i then | ||
| + | table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | i = i+1; -- bump the counter | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- |
| − | + | Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) | |
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function list_people(control, people, etal) | |
| − | local function | + | local sep; |
| − | + | local namesep; | |
| − | + | local format = control.format | |
| − | + | local maximum = control.maximum | |
| − | + | local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; | |
| + | local text = {} | ||
| − | + | if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? | |
| − | + | sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma | |
| − | if | + | namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space |
| − | + | elseif 'mla' == control.mode then | |
| − | + | sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma | |
| − | + | namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon | |
| − | + | namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end | |
| − | + | if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | for i,person in ipairs(people) do | |
| − | + | if is_set(person.last) then | |
| − | + | local mask = person.mask | |
| − | + | local one | |
| − | for | + | local sep_one = sep; |
| − | if | + | if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
| − | + | etal = true; | |
| − | + | break; | |
| − | + | elseif (mask ~= nil) then | |
| − | + | local n = tonumber(mask) | |
| − | + | if (n ~= nil) then | |
| − | + | one = string.rep("—",n) | |
| + | else | ||
| + | one = mask; | ||
| + | sep_one = " "; | ||
| + | end | ||
else | else | ||
| − | + | one = person.last | |
| − | + | local first = person.first | |
| − | + | if is_set(first) then | |
| − | + | if 'mla' == control.mode then | |
| − | + | if i == 1 then -- for mla | |
| − | + | one = one .. namesep .. first; -- first name last, first | |
| − | + | else -- all other names | |
| − | + | one = first .. ' ' .. one; -- first last | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format | |
| − | + | one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) | |
| − | + | if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested | |
| − | + | first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | one = one .. namesep .. first; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then | |
| − | if | + | one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | table.insert( text, one ) | |
| + | table.insert( text, sep_one ) | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| + | local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 | ||
| + | if count > 0 then | ||
| + | if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then | ||
| + | if 'mla' == control.mode then | ||
| + | text[#text-2] = ", and "; -- replace last separator with ', and ' text | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list | ||
| + | if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list | ||
| + | result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return result, count | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ |
| − | + | Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | + | local function anchor_id (namelist, year) | |
| − | local function | + | local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year |
| − | + | for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names | |
| − | if | + | names[i] = v.last |
| − | + | if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end | |
| − | return | + | local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id |
| − | end | + | if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string |
| − | + | return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion | |
| + | else | ||
| + | return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- |
| − | + | Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, | |
| − | + | the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. | |
| − | |||
| − | + | This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by | |
| − | + | previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal | |
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) |
| − | if | + | |
| − | + | if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return | |
| − | + | local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme | |
| − | + | local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. | |
| − | + | name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove | |
| + | etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) | ||
| + | if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? | ||
| + | name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove | ||
| + | etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) | ||
| + | if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return name, etal; -- |
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< L | + | --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- |
| − | + | ||
| + | Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are | ||
| + | indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name | ||
| + | (author or editor) maintenance category. | ||
| + | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if ' | + | local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) |
| − | + | local count, _; | |
| − | + | if is_set (name) then | |
| − | + | if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore | |
| − | + | name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens | |
| − | + | else | |
| + | _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters | ||
| + | |||
| + | if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return name; -- and done | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | Gets name list from the input arguments | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. | |
| − | + | Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't | |
| − | + | find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= | |
| − | + | are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned | |
| − | + | that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the | |
| − | + | template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | + | local function extract_names(args, list_name) | |
| − | + | local names = {}; -- table of names | |
| − | + | local last; -- individual name components | |
| − | + | local first; | |
| − | + | local link; | |
| − | + | local mask; | |
| − | + | local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | local function extract_names(args, list_name) | ||
| − | local names = {}; -- table of names | ||
| − | local last; -- individual name components | ||
| − | local first; | ||
| − | local link; | ||
| − | local mask; | ||
| − | local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer | ||
local n = 1; -- output table indexer | local n = 1; -- output table indexer | ||
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) | ||
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | |||
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary | local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary | ||
| − | |||
while true do | while true do | ||
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 | ||
| Line 1,407: | Line 1,197: | ||
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
| − | + | last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |
| − | + | first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. | |
| − | + | -- last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases | |
| − | + | last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn | ||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | ||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? | ||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first | ||
| − | if 2 | + | if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up |
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which | break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which | ||
end | end | ||
else -- we have last with or without a first | else -- we have last with or without a first | ||
| − | names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list | + | link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup |
| + | |||
| + | names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) | ||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table | ||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing | ||
| Line 1,436: | Line 1,222: | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | ||
end | end | ||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect | |
| − | + | or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is | |
| − | + | found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we | |
| − | + | return the original language name string. | |
| − | + | ||
| + | mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include | ||
| + | extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support | ||
| + | code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. | ||
| − | - | + | Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, |
| − | + | if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found | |
| + | and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) | |
| + | local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia | ||
| + | -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) | ||
| + | local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons | ||
| − | for | + | for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language |
| − | + | if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then | |
| − | + | if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported | |
| − | + | return name; -- so return the name but not the code | |
| − | if | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ |
| − | -- the | + | |
| − | local | + | Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, |
| − | + | use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for | |
| − | + | that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned | |
| − | local | + | to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. |
| − | + | ||
| − | -- | + | Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character |
| − | local | + | equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are | |
| − | + | separated from each other by commas. | |
| − | + | ||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local function language_parameter (lang) | ||
| + | local code; -- the two- or three-character language code | ||
| + | local name; -- the language name | ||
| + | local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered | ||
| + | local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= | ||
| + | |||
| + | local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki | ||
| + | local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code | ||
| + | local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name | ||
| + | |||
| + | names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list | ||
| + | |||
| + | for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang | ||
| + | |||
| + | if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? | ||
| + | lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code | ||
| + | name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code | |
| − | + | code = lang:lower(); -- save it | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
else | else | ||
| − | + | name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) | |
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes | |
| − | + | if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language | |
| − | + | if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code | |
| − | + | add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it | |
| − | + | else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) | |
| − | + | add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | table.insert (language_list, name); | |
| − | + | name = ''; -- so we can reuse it | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list | |
| − | + | if 2 >= code then | |
| − | + | name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names | |
| − | + | elseif 2 < code then | |
| − | -- | + | language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' |
| − | + | name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | if this_wiki_name == name then | |
| + | return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' | ||
| + | --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list | ||
| + | so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format | ||
| + | ]] | ||
end | end | ||
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | ||
| − | + | Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings | |
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| − | + | local function set_cs1_style (ps) | |
| − | + | if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something | |
| + | ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) |
| − | if | + | if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default |
| − | + | ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil | |
end | end | ||
| − | + | if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set | |
| − | + | ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma |
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< | + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- |
| − | + | When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish | |
| + | rendered style. | ||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) | |
| − | + | local sep; | |
| + | if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) | ||
| + | sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); | ||
| + | else -- not a citation template so CS1 | ||
| + | sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | return sep, ps, ref -- return them all | |
| + | end | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| − | |||
| − | ]] | + | Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses |
| + | config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) |
| − | local | + | local sep; |
| − | + | if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style | |
| − | + | sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); | |
| − | + | elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style | |
| − | + | sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | |
| − | + | elseif 'mla' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates | |
| + | sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); | ||
| + | else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 | ||
| + | sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then | ||
| + | ps = ''; -- set to empty string | ||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | return sep, ps, ref | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when | |
| + | applying the pdf icon to external links. | ||
| + | |||
| + | returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]=] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local function is_pdf (url) | ||
| + | return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| + | |||
| + | Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does | ||
| + | not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that | ||
| + | is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with | ||
| + | the appropriate styling. | ||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if is_set ( | + | local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
| − | + | if is_set (format) then | |
| − | if | + | format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize |
| − | + | if not is_set (url) then | |
| + | format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message | ||
end | end | ||
| + | elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then | ||
| + | format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf | ||
else | else | ||
| − | + | format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation | |
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return format; |
end | end | ||
| − | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ | + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag | |
| + | to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. | ||
| − | + | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and | |
| − | + | the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains | |
| − | + | some variant of the text 'et al.'). | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the | |
| − | + | number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of | |
| + | the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' | ||
| − | + | In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. | |
| − | + | inputs: | |
| − | + | max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal | |
| + | count: #a or #e | ||
| + | list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' | ||
| + | etal: author_etal or editor_etal | ||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | local function | + | local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) |
| − | + | if is_set (max) then | |
| − | if is_set ( | + | if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
| − | if ' | + | max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. |
| − | + | etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() | |
| − | if | + | elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers |
| − | + | max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number | |
| + | if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | else -- not a valid keyword or number | |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |
| − | + | max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {' | ||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return max, etal; |
end | end | ||
| + | --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ | ||
| + | |||
| + | Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. | ||
| + | abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. | ||
| + | |||
| + | check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: | ||
| + | good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit | ||
| + | bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) | |
| − | local | + | -- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]'; |
| − | local | + | local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? |
| − | if | + | -- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]'; |
| + | local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | -- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or | ||
| + | -- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then | ||
| + | -- add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); | ||
| + | -- end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- | ||
| + | |||
| + | split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled | ||
| + | parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the | ||
| + | rendered citation and in the metadata. | ||
| + | |||
| + | |vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) | ||
| + | |||
| + | This code is experimental and may not be retained. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table) | ||
| + | local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas | ||
| + | |||
| + | local i = 1; | ||
| − | -- | + | while name_table[i] do |
| − | + | if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens | |
| − | + | local name = name_table[i]; | |
| − | + | i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment | |
| − | + | while name_table[i] do | |
| + | name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments | ||
| + | if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens | ||
| + | break; -- and done reassembling so | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | i=i+1; -- bump indexer | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]); -- add this name | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | i = i+1; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return output_table; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- | ||
| + | |||
| + | This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and | ||
| + | |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names | ||
| + | may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance | ||
| + | tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. | ||
| + | |||
| + | This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| − | local | + | local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) |
| − | local | + | local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= |
| − | local | + | local v_name_table = {}; |
| − | local | + | local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter |
| − | local | + | local last, first, link, mask, suffix; |
| + | local corporate = false; | ||
| − | + | vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) | |
| − | if | + | if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names |
| − | + | add_vanc_error ('wikilink'); | |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table); -- names are separated by commas | ||
| − | + | for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do | |
| − | + | if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection | |
| − | + | first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |
| − | + | last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses | |
| − | + | corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() | |
| − | + | elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then | |
| − | + | if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; | |
| − | + | add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | local lastfirstTable = {} | |
| − | + | lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") | |
| − | + | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials | |
| − | + | if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix | |
| − | + | suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and | |
| − | + | first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table | |
| − | + | end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? | |
| − | + | last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials | |
| − | + | if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then | |
| − | + | add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test | |
| − | + | add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor | |
| − | + | last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? | |
| − | + | end | |
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (first) then | ||
| + | if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else | ||
| + | add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit | ||
| + | if is_set (suffix) then | ||
| + | first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials | ||
| + | suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if not corporate then | ||
| + | is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | -- this from extract_names () | ||
| + | link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
| + | mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); | ||
| + | names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ | ||
| + | |||
| + | Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or | ||
| + | select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and | ||
| + | similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest | ||
| + | |||
| + | When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second | ||
| + | test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better | ||
| + | way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. | ||
| + | |||
| + | In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. | ||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) | |
| − | + | local lastfirst = false; | |
| − | + | if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... | |
| − | + | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= | |
| − | + | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or | |
| − | + | select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then | |
| − | + | lastfirst=true; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | local | + | if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions |
| + | (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or | ||
| + | (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then | ||
| + | local err_name; | ||
| + | if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message | ||
| + | err_name = 'author'; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | err_name = 'editor'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', | ||
| + | {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use | |
| + | if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; | ||
| + | if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; | ||
| + | return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ | |
| − | |||
| − | + | This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number | |
| − | + | of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty | |
| − | + | in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns | |
| − | + | true; else, emits an error message and returns false. | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class) |
| − | + | -- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates | |
| − | + | if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then | |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message | |
| − | + | return false | |
| − | + | end | |
| + | -- end hack | ||
| − | + | if not is_set (value) then | |
| − | if not is_set( | + | return true; -- an empty parameter is ok |
| − | + | elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then | |
| − | + | return true; | |
| − | + | else | |
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message | ||
| + | return false | ||
end | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- |
| − | if | + | |
| − | + | This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space | |
| + | when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two | ||
| + | closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a | ||
| + | single space character. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) | ||
| + | if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char | ||
| + | return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume | |
| + | or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. | ||
| − | if ( | + | ]] |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode) | |
| − | + | if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then | |
| − | + | return ''; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then -- same as cs1 for magazines | |
| − | + | lower = true; -- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case | |
| − | + | if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then | |
| − | + | return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); | |
| − | + | elseif is_set (volume) then | |
| − | + | return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | return ''; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then | |
| − | if ( | + | if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then |
| − | if is_set( | + | return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); |
| − | + | elseif is_set (volume) then | |
| − | + | return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | local vol = ''; | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if is_set (volume) then | |
| − | + | if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then | |
| − | + | vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
else | else | ||
| − | + | vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); | |
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| + | if is_set (issue) then | ||
| + | return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | return vol; | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | --[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------- |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | not currently used | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>' | |
| − | + | returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | -- | + | ]] |
| − | if not | + | --[[ |
| − | + | local function normalize_page_list (list) | |
| − | + | if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values | |
| − | + | list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list | |
| − | + | return list; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- | |
| − | |||
| − | + | adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. | |
| + | The return order is: | ||
| + | page, pages, sheet, sheets | ||
| − | + | Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
]] | ]] | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode) | |
| − | + | if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators | |
| − | + | if is_set (sheet) then | |
| − | + | if 'journal' == origin then | |
| − | + | return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; | |
| − | if | + | else |
| − | + | return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | elseif is_set (sheets) then | |
| − | + | if 'journal' == origin then | |
| − | + | return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); | |
| − | + | else | |
| + | return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if ' | + | if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then |
| − | + | is_journal = false; -- mla always uses p & pp | |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if is_set (page) then | |
| − | + | if is_journal then | |
| − | + | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; | |
| − | + | elseif not nopp then | |
| − | + | return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | if | + | elseif is_set(pages) then |
| − | + | if is_journal then | |
| − | + | return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; | |
| + | elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number | ||
| + | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
| + | elseif not nopp then | ||
| + | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the | |
| − | + | save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) | |
| − | + | archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow | |
| − | + | unwitting readers to do. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own | |
| − | + | algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and | |
| − | + | |archive-date= and an error message when: | |
| − | + | |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url | |
| − | + | |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the | |
| + | correct place | ||
| + | otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= | ||
| + | |||
| + | There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: | ||
| + | //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form | ||
| + | //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form | ||
| − | + | The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags | |
| − | + | ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) | |
| − | + | we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| + | This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified | ||
| + | archive url: | ||
| + | for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) | ||
| + | for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified | ||
| + | for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) | ||
| + | ]=] | ||
| − | + | local function archive_url_check (url, date) | |
| − | -- | + | local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty |
| − | -- | + | local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url |
| − | if not | + | |
| − | + | if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then | |
| + | return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page | |
| − | if | + | err_msg = 'save command'; |
| − | + | url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL | |
| + | else | ||
| + | path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation | ||
| + | |||
| + | if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here | ||
| + | err_msg = 'timestamp'; | ||
| + | if '*' ~= flag then | ||
| + | url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) | ||
end | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element | ||
| + | err_msg = 'path'; | ||
| + | elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) | ||
| + | err_msg = 'flag'; | ||
| + | elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) | ||
| + | err_msg = 'flag'; | ||
else | else | ||
| − | + | return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate | |
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | -- if here, something not right so | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and | ||
| + | if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then | ||
| + | return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal | |
| + | sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a | ||
| + | parameter that is missing its pipe: | ||
| + | {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} | ||
| + | |||
| + | cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html | ||
| + | tags are removed before the search. | ||
| + | |||
| + | If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. | ||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function missing_pipe_check (value) | |
| − | + | local capture; | |
| − | + | value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes | |
| − | + | if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name | |
| − | + | add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); | |
end | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| − | + | This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local function citation0( config, args) | |
| − | + | --[[ | |
| − | if | + | Load Input Parameters |
| − | + | The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. | |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | + | local A = argument_wrapper( args ); | |
| − | + | local i | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates | |
| − | + | -- define different field names for the same underlying things. | |
| − | + | ||
| − | if ' | + | -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values |
| − | + | local Mode = A['Mode']; | |
| − | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then | |
| + | Mode = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local author_etal; | ||
| + | local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= | ||
| + | local Authors; | ||
| + | local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; | ||
| + | local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | do -- to limit scope of selected | ||
| + | local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); | ||
| + | if 1 == selected then | ||
| + | a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | ||
| + | elseif 2 == selected then | ||
| + | NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be | ||
| + | a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= | ||
| + | elseif 3 == selected then | ||
| + | Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= | ||
| + | if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: | ||
end | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set (Collaboration) then | ||
| + | author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | if | + | local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; |
| − | (' | + | local Others = A['Others']; |
| − | if is_set ( | + | |
| − | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( ' | + | local editor_etal; |
| − | + | local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= | |
| − | + | local Editors; | |
| − | + | ||
| + | do -- to limit scope of selected | ||
| + | local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); | ||
| + | if 1 == selected then | ||
| + | e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | ||
| + | elseif 2 == selected then | ||
| + | NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be | ||
| + | e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= | ||
| + | elseif 3 == selected then | ||
| + | Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs | ||
| + | local Translators; -- assembled translators name list | ||
| + | t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs | ||
| + | local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list | ||
| + | local Contribution = A['Contribution']; | ||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites | ||
| + | c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= | ||
| + | |||
| + | if 0 < #c then | ||
| + | if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message | ||
| + | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= | |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message | |
| − | + | c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| + | else -- if not a book cite | ||
| + | if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Contribution = nil; -- unset | ||
end | end | ||
| − | -- | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' |
| − | + | NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string | |
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | local Year = A['Year']; | |
| − | + | local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; | |
| − | + | local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; | |
| − | + | local Date = A['Date']; | |
| − | + | local LayDate = A['LayDate']; | |
| − | + | ------------------------------------------------- Get title data | |
| − | + | local Title = A['Title']; | |
| − | + | local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; | |
| − | + | local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; | |
| − | + | local Conference = A['Conference']; | |
| − | + | local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; | |
| − | + | local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; | |
| − | + | local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; | |
| − | + | link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | local Chapter = A['Chapter']; | |
| + | local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; | ||
| + | local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode | ||
| + | local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; | ||
| + | local TitleType = A['TitleType']; | ||
| + | local Degree = A['Degree']; | ||
| + | local Docket = A['Docket']; | ||
| + | local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; | ||
| − | + | local ArchiveDate; | |
| − | + | local ArchiveURL; | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] | |
| + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' | ||
| + | DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local URL = A['URL'] | ||
| + | local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL | ||
| + | local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; | ||
| + | local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL | ||
| + | local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; | ||
| + | local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; | ||
| + | local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL | ||
| + | local Periodical = A['Periodical']; | ||
| + | local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Series = A['Series']; | ||
| − | if | + | local Volume; |
| − | + | local Issue; | |
| − | + | local Page; | |
| − | + | local Pages; | |
| − | + | local At; | |
| − | + | -- previously conference books did not support volume | |
| − | + | -- if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then | |
| − | + | if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then | |
| + | Volume = A['Volume']; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | -- conference & map books do not support issue | |
| − | if is_set( | + | if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then |
| − | + | Issue = A['Issue']; | |
end | end | ||
| − | + | local Position = ''; | |
| − | + | if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then | |
| − | + | Page = A['Page']; | |
| − | + | Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); | |
| − | + | At = A['At']; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | At = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Edition = A['Edition']; | ||
| + | local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] | ||
| + | local Place = A['Place']; | ||
| − | + | local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; | |
| − | if | + | local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; |
| − | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then | |
| − | + | RegistrationRequired=nil; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; | |
| − | if | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
| − | not | + | SubscriptionRequired=nil; |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; | |
| − | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then | |
| + | UrlAccess = nil; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then | ||
| + | UrlAccess = nil; | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if is_set( | + | if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |
| − | + | SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= | |
| − | + | end | |
| + | if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local Via = A['Via']; | |
| + | local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; | ||
| + | local Agency = A['Agency']; | ||
| − | -- | + | local Language = A['Language']; |
| + | local Format = A['Format']; | ||
| + | local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; | ||
| + | local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; | ||
| + | local ID = A['ID']; | ||
| + | local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; | ||
| + | local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; | ||
| + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then | ||
| + | IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | local Embargo = A['Embargo']; | ||
| + | local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier | ||
| − | + | local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); | |
| − | + | local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local Quote = A['Quote']; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | + | local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; | |
| − | + | local LayURL = A['LayURL']; | |
| − | + | local LaySource = A['LaySource']; | |
| − | + | local Transcript = A['Transcript']; | |
| − | + | local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; | |
| − | + | local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] | |
| + | local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL | ||
| − | if | + | local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; |
| − | if | + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then |
| − | + | LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string | |
| − | + | end | |
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | LastAuthorAmp = 'yes'; -- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; | ||
| + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then | ||
| + | no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | + | --these deprecated parameters are used by cite interview | |
| − | if | + | local Callsign = A['Callsign']; |
| − | + | local City = A['City']; | |
| + | local Program = A['Program']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | --local variables that are not cs1 parameters | ||
| + | local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text | ||
| + | local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language | ||
| + | local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier | ||
| + | local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification | ||
| + | |||
| + | local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template | ||
| + | if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword | ||
| + | DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string | ||
end | end | ||
| − | --[[ | + | local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma |
| − | + | local PostScript; | |
| − | + | local Ref; | |
| + | sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); | ||
| + | use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text | ||
| − | + | --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories | |
| − | if in_array( | + | if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page |
| − | + | if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then | |
| − | + | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns | |
| − | + | if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern | |
| + | no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats | ||
| + | break; -- bail out if one is found | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) | |
| − | + | select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category | |
| − | + | local NoPP = A['NoPP'] | |
| − | + | if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then | |
| − | + | NoPP = true; | |
| − | + | else | |
| − | + | NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | end | ||
| − | + | if is_set(Page) then | |
| + | if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then | ||
| + | Pages = ''; -- unset the others | ||
| + | At = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. | ||
| + | elseif is_set(Pages) then | ||
| + | if is_set(At) then | ||
| + | At = ''; -- unset | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. | ||
| + | end | ||
| − | + | -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different | |
| − | + | if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then | |
| − | + | PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place | |
| − | |||
| − | if is_set( | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | local | + | --[[ |
| − | if is_set( | + | Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
| − | if is_set( | + | When the citation has these parameters: |
| − | + | |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title | |
| − | + | |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title | |
| − | + | |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title | |
| − | + | ||
| + | |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped | ||
| + | |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped | ||
| + | |||
| + | All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation | ||
| + | if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set | ||
| + | if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then | ||
| + | if not is_set(Chapter) then | ||
| + | Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title | ||
| + | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | ||
| + | TransChapter = TransTitle; | ||
| + | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
| + | if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then | ||
| + | Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Title = Periodical; | ||
| + | ChapterFormat = Format; | ||
| + | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | ||
| + | TransTitle = ''; | ||
| + | URL = ''; | ||
| + | Format = ''; | ||
| + | TitleLink = ''; | ||
| + | ScriptTitle = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else -- |title not set | ||
| + | Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title | ||
| + | Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | if | + | -- Special case for cite techreport. |
| − | if is_set( | + | if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
| − | + | if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' | |
| − | + | if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? | |
| + | ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it | ||
| + | else -- ID has a value so emit error message | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- special case for cite interview | |
| − | if | + | -- TODO: make cite interview not need any special cases |
| − | + | --[[ | |
| − | if is_set( | + | Program, Callsign, City deprecated, so avoid using /Configuration |
| − | if is_set( | + | for reassignment, which would allow these parameters' use outside interview |
| − | + | ]] | |
| − | + | if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then | |
| − | + | if is_set(Program) then | |
| + | if not is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | Periodical = Program; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | if is_set( | + | if is_set(Callsign) then |
| − | if is_set( | + | if not is_set(PublisherName) then |
| − | + | PublisherName = Callsign; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | if is_set( | + | if is_set(City) then |
| − | + | if not is_set(PublicationPlace) then | |
| − | + | PublicationPlace = City; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | end | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | -- | + | -- special case for cite mailing list |
| − | if | + | if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then |
| − | if is_set( | + | Periodical = A ['MailingList']; |
| − | + | elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then | |
| − | + | Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list | |
| − | + | end | |
| + | |||
| + | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. | ||
| + | if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then | ||
| + | if is_set(BookTitle) then | ||
| + | Chapter = Title; | ||
| + | -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated | ||
| + | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
| + | ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; | ||
| + | URLorigin = ''; | ||
| + | ChapterFormat = Format; | ||
| + | TransChapter = TransTitle; | ||
| + | Title = BookTitle; | ||
| + | Format = ''; | ||
| + | -- TitleLink = ''; | ||
| + | TransTitle = ''; | ||
| + | URL = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
| + | elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then | ||
| + | Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string | ||
end | end | ||
| − | -- | + | -- cite map oddities |
| − | + | local Cartography = ""; | |
| − | + | local Scale = ""; | |
| − | ] | + | local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; |
| − | if " | + | local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
| − | + | if config.CitationClass == "map" then | |
| − | if is_set ( | + | Chapter = A['Map']; |
| − | + | ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; | |
| − | + | TransChapter = A['TransMap']; | |
| − | + | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); | |
| + | ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | Cartography = A['Cartography']; | ||
| + | if is_set( Cartography ) then | ||
| + | Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Scale = A['Scale']; | ||
| + | if is_set( Scale ) then | ||
| + | Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. | |
| − | -- | + | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then |
| − | + | local AirDate = A['AirDate']; | |
| + | local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set | ||
| − | + | local Network = A['Network']; | |
| − | + | local Station = A['Station']; | |
| − | if is_set( | + | local s, n = {}, {}; |
| − | + | -- do common parameters first | |
| − | + | if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end | |
| + | if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end | ||
| + | ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); | ||
| − | + | if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date | |
| − | if is_set ( | + | Date = AirDate; |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} | |
| − | + | local Season = A['Season']; | |
| − | + | local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; | |
| − | + | ||
| + | if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series | ||
| + | if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end | ||
| + | if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end | ||
| + | if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end | ||
| + | Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter | ||
| − | + | Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter | |
| − | + | ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; | |
| − | + | ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink | |
| − | + | TransChapter = TransTitle; | |
| + | ChapterURL = URL; | ||
| + | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); | ||
| + | |||
| + | Title = Series; -- promote series to title | ||
| + | TitleLink = SeriesLink; | ||
| + | Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL | ||
| + | Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink | ||
| + | elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; | ||
| + | Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | URL = ''; -- unset | ||
| + | TransTitle = ''; | ||
| + | ScriptTitle = ''; | ||
| + | |||
| + | else -- now oddities that are cite serial | ||
| + | Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial | ||
| + | Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? | ||
| + | if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then | ||
| + | Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data. | |
| − | + | if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then | |
| − | + | if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv | |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message | |
| − | + | elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version | |
| − | + | ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier | |
| − | + | Series = ''; -- unset | |
| − | + | deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| + | if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Authors, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv | ||
| + | ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], -- TODO: find a better way to do this | ||
| + | ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'], | ||
| + | ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | |||
| + | AccessDate = ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv | ||
| + | Authors = ''; | ||
| + | PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other) | ||
| + | Chapter = ''; | ||
| + | URL = ''; | ||
| + | Format = ''; | ||
| + | Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = ''; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | if | + | Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values | |
| − | + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then | |
| − | + | TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); | |
| + | if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis | ||
| + | TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); | ||
end | end | ||
| − | if is_set( | + | end |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified | |
| − | + | TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses | |
| − | + | -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. | |
| − | + | if not is_set (Date) then | |
| − | + | Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date | |
| + | Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF | ||
| + | if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set | ||
| + | Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date | ||
| + | PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[ | ||
| + | Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where | ||
| + | we get the date used in the metadata. | ||
| + | |||
| + | Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation | ||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch | ||
| + | local error_message = ''; | ||
| + | -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it | ||
| + | local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, | ||
| + | ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; | ||
| + | |||
| + | anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; | ||
| + | local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) | ||
| + | if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= | ||
| + | if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message | ||
| + | error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; | |
| − | + | elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= | |
| − | + | add_maint_cat ('date_year'); | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only | |
| − | + | local modified = false; -- flag | |
| − | + | if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates | |
| − | + | modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate | |
| + | modified = true; | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified | ||
| + | AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values | ||
| + | ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; | ||
| + | Date = date_parameters_list['date']; | ||
| + | DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; | ||
| + | LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; | ||
| + | PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; | ||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
else | else | ||
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | + | end -- end of do | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. | |
| − | + | -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date | |
| − | + | Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); -- | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then | |
| + | if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired | ||
| + | URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed | ||
| + | URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= | ||
| + | if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | AccessDate = ''; -- unset | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| − | if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then | + | -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
| − | text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | + | -- Test if citation has no title |
| − | text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); | + | if not is_set(Title) and |
| − | end | + | not is_set(TransTitle) and |
| − | + | not is_set(ScriptTitle) then | |
| − | text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | + | if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? |
| − | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); | |
| − | -- Now enclose the whole thing in a < | + | else |
| − | local options = {}; | + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); |
| − | + | end | |
| − | if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then | + | end |
| − | options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; | + | |
| − | else | + | if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites |
| − | options.class = "citation"; | + | Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
| + | add_maint_cat ('untitled'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL | ||
| + | ['title']=Title, | ||
| + | [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, | ||
| + | [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, | ||
| + | [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName | ||
| + | }); | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. | ||
| + | -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that | ||
| + | -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title | ||
| + | -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap | ||
| + | |||
| + | local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required | ||
| + | local coins_title = Title; -- et tu | ||
| + | if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | ||
| + | if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then | ||
| + | coins_chapter = Title; -- remap | ||
| + | coins_title = Periodical; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au | ||
| + | if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list | ||
| + | coins_author = c; -- use that instead | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- this is the function call to COinS() | ||
| + | local OCinSoutput = COinS({ | ||
| + | ['Periodical'] = Periodical, | ||
| + | ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, | ||
| + | ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup | ||
| + | ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only | ||
| + | ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup | ||
| + | ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, | ||
| + | ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; | ||
| + | ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, | ||
| + | ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? | ||
| + | ['Series'] = Series, | ||
| + | ['Volume'] = Volume, | ||
| + | ['Issue'] = Issue, | ||
| + | ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links | ||
| + | ['Edition'] = Edition, | ||
| + | ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, | ||
| + | ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), | ||
| + | ['Authors'] = coins_author, | ||
| + | ['ID_list'] = ID_list, | ||
| + | ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, | ||
| + | }, config.CitationClass); | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data. | ||
| + | if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed | ||
| + | Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text | ||
| + | if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then | ||
| + | if is_set (PublisherName) then | ||
| + | PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | -- Now perform various field substitutions. | ||
| + | -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the | ||
| + | -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. | ||
| + | local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list | ||
| + | do | ||
| + | local last_first_list; | ||
| + | local control = { | ||
| + | format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' | ||
| + | maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set | ||
| + | lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, | ||
| + | page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn | ||
| + | mode = Mode | ||
| + | }; | ||
| + | |||
| + | do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table | ||
| + | control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); | ||
| + | last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Editors) then | ||
| + | if editor_etal then | ||
| + | Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal | ||
| + | EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then | ||
| + | EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | do -- now do translators | ||
| + | control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators | ||
| + | Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | do -- now do contributors | ||
| + | control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors | ||
| + | Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | do -- now do authors | ||
| + | control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting. | ||
| + | control.lastauthoramp = nil; | ||
| + | control.maximum = #a + 1; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Authors) then | ||
| + | Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. | ||
| + | if author_etal then | ||
| + | Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end -- end of do | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then | ||
| + | Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, | ||
| + | -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation | ||
| + | ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); | ||
| + | ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); | ||
| + | Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); | ||
| + | LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); | ||
| + | TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported | ||
| + | if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or | ||
| + | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then | ||
| + | ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if not is_set(URL) then | ||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? | ||
| + | if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | AccessDate = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; | ||
| + | DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text | ||
| + | if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then | ||
| + | if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it | ||
| + | OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text | ||
| + | OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages | ||
| + | OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= | ||
| + | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then | ||
| + | ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url | ||
| + | ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages | ||
| + | ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set (URL) then | ||
| + | OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL | ||
| + | OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages | ||
| + | OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= | ||
| + | OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; | ||
| + | if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it | ||
| + | URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url | ||
| + | URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages | ||
| + | Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format | ||
| + | UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia | ||
| + | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then | ||
| + | local chap_param; | ||
| + | if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters | ||
| + | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') | ||
| + | elseif is_set (TransChapter) then | ||
| + | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') | ||
| + | elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then | ||
| + | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') | ||
| + | elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then | ||
| + | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') | ||
| + | else is_set (ChapterFormat) | ||
| + | chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message | ||
| + | Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation | ||
| + | TransChapter = ''; | ||
| + | ChapterURL = ''; | ||
| + | ScriptChapter = ''; | ||
| + | ChapterFormat = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title | ||
| + | local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value | ||
| + | if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) | ||
| + | if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title | ||
| + | no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter | ||
| + | if is_set (Chapter) then | ||
| + | Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; | ||
| + | if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then | ||
| + | Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; | ||
| + | elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... | ||
| + | Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Format main title. | ||
| + | if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then | ||
| + | Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]" | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv', 'interview'}) or | ||
| + | ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or | ||
| + | ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article | ||
| + | Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks | ||
| + | Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); | ||
| + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
| + | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); | ||
| + | elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report | ||
| + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
| + | TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); | ||
| + | Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped | ||
| + | TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local TransError = ""; | ||
| + | if is_set(TransTitle) then | ||
| + | if is_set(Title) then | ||
| + | TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | Title = Title .. TransTitle; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Title) then | ||
| + | if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then | ||
| + | |||
| + | Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransError .. Format; | ||
| + | -- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls | ||
| + | -- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive | ||
| + | -- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available | ||
| + | -- local err_msg | ||
| + | -- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message | ||
| + | -- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this | ||
| + | -- Title = Title .. (err_msg or ''); | ||
| + | -- end | ||
| + | -- else | ||
| + | -- Title = temp_title; | ||
| + | -- end | ||
| + | |||
| + | URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed | ||
| + | Format = ""; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Title = Title .. TransError; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Place) then | ||
| + | Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Conference) then | ||
| + | if is_set (ConferenceURL) then | ||
| + | Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; | ||
| + | elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then | ||
| + | Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if not is_set(Position) then | ||
| + | local Minutes = A['Minutes']; | ||
| + | local Time = A['Time']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Minutes) then | ||
| + | if is_set (Time) then | ||
| + | table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if is_set(Time) then | ||
| + | local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] | ||
| + | if not is_set(TimeCaption) then | ||
| + | TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; | ||
| + | if sepc ~= '.' then | ||
| + | TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Position = " " .. Position; | ||
| + | At = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode); | ||
| + | |||
| + | At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; | ||
| + | Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; | ||
| + | if config.CitationClass == 'map' then | ||
| + | local Section = A['Section']; | ||
| + | local Sections = A['Sections']; | ||
| + | local Inset = A['Inset']; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set( Inset ) then | ||
| + | Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set( Sections ) then | ||
| + | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); | ||
| + | elseif is_set( Section ) then | ||
| + | Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | At = At .. Inset .. Section; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Language) then | ||
| + | Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; | ||
| + | --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter | ||
| + | so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType | ||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set (Translators) then | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set (Interviewers) then | ||
| + | Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; | ||
| + | if is_set (Edition) then | ||
| + | if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.'; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Edition = ''; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then -- not in brackets for mla | ||
| + | OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or ""; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; | ||
| + | |||
| + | Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode); | ||
| + | |||
| + | ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data | ||
| + | if is_set(Via) then | ||
| + | Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[ | ||
| + | Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link | ||
| + | note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then | ||
| + | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message | ||
| + | elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then | ||
| + | SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(AccessDate) then | ||
| + | local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] | ||
| + | |||
| + | AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then -- retrieved text not used in mla | ||
| + | AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case | ||
| + | AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end | ||
| + | if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then | ||
| + | ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set | ||
| + | ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(URL) then | ||
| + | URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, Access ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Quote) then | ||
| + | if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks | ||
| + | Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags | ||
| + | PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Archived | ||
| + | if is_set(ArchiveURL) then | ||
| + | if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then | ||
| + | ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if "no" == DeadURL then | ||
| + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; | ||
| + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], | ||
| + | { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); | ||
| + | if not is_set(OriginalURL) then | ||
| + | Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' | ||
| + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; | ||
| + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
| + | if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then | ||
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled | ||
| + | if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' | ||
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, | ||
| + | { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; | ||
| + | if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end | ||
| + | Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, | ||
| + | { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then | ||
| + | Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Archived = "" | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Lay = ''; | ||
| + | if is_set(LayURL) then | ||
| + | if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end | ||
| + | if is_set(LaySource) then | ||
| + | LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | LaySource = ""; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if sepc == '.' then | ||
| + | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= | ||
| + | Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Transcript) then | ||
| + | if is_set(TranscriptURL) then | ||
| + | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; | ||
| + | elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then | ||
| + | Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local Publisher; | ||
| + | if is_set(PublicationDate) then | ||
| + | PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set(PublisherName) then | ||
| + | if is_set(PublicationPlace) then | ||
| + | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then | ||
| + | Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Publisher = PublicationDate; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. | ||
| + | if is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then | ||
| + | Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | --[[ | ||
| + | Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that | ||
| + | the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). | ||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only | ||
| + | TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation | ||
| + | if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter | ||
| + | if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set | ||
| + | Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. | ||
| + | -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA | ||
| + | -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. | ||
| + | |||
| + | local tcommon; | ||
| + | local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set | ||
| + | |||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, | ||
| + | Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites | ||
| + | if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map | ||
| + | if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
| + | elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else -- a sheet or stand-alone map | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); | ||
| + | |||
| + | elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite news in MLA mode | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | |||
| + | elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite web in MLA mode | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, | ||
| + | Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | |||
| + | else -- all other CS1 templates | ||
| + | tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, | ||
| + | Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if #ID_list > 0 then | ||
| + | ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | ID_list = ID; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); | ||
| + | local text; | ||
| + | local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Date) then | ||
| + | if ('mla' == Mode) then | ||
| + | if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then | ||
| + | Date = ', ' .. Date; -- origyear follows title in mla | ||
| + | elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then | ||
| + | Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set | ||
| + | Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses | ||
| + | else -- neither of authors and editors set | ||
| + | if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc | ||
| + | Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set(Authors) then | ||
| + | if is_set(Coauthors) then | ||
| + | if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator | ||
| + | Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination | ||
| + | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set(Editors) then | ||
| + | local in_text = " "; | ||
| + | local post_text = ""; | ||
| + | if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then | ||
| + | in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " | ||
| + | if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | ||
| + | elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then | ||
| + | in_text = '. Ed. '; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | in_text = '. Eds. '; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then | ||
| + | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc | ||
| + | local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; | ||
| + | if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 | ||
| + | Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here | ||
| + | if is_set (Editors) and ('mla' ~= Mode)then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated | ||
| + | Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination | ||
| + | Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | tcommon = tcommon .. Date; -- hack to avoid duplicate separators | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif is_set(Editors) then | ||
| + | if is_set(Date) then | ||
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then | ||
| + | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if EditorCount <= 1 then | ||
| + | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | elseif 'mla' == Mode then | ||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then | ||
| + | text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. | ||
| + | text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); | ||
| + | |||
| + | -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element | ||
| + | local options = {}; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then | ||
| + | options.class = config.CitationClass; | ||
| + | options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | options.class = "citation"; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate | ||
| + | local id = Ref | ||
| + | if ('harv' == Ref ) then | ||
| + | local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list | ||
| + | local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation | ||
| + | |||
| + | if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list | ||
| + | namelist = c; -- select it | ||
| + | elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list | ||
| + | namelist = a; | ||
| + | elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list | ||
| + | namelist = e; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist | ||
| + | id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | id = ''; -- unset | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | options.id = id; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains | ||
| + | z.error_categories = {}; | ||
| + | text = set_error('empty_citation'); | ||
| + | z.message_tail = {}; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags | ||
| + | text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation | ||
| + | |||
| + | if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then | ||
| + | text = text .. " "; | ||
| + | for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do | ||
| + | if is_set(v[1]) then | ||
| + | if i == #z.message_tail then | ||
| + | text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] ); | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then | ||
| + | text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">'; | ||
| + | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | ||
| + | text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])'; | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now) | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); | |
| − | + | if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then | |
| − | + | for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do | |
| − | + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | |
| − | + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; | |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories | |
| − | + | text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]'; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | |||
end | end | ||
| − | if string. | + | return text |
| − | + | end | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ | |
| + | |||
| + | This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. | ||
| + | |||
| + | ]] | ||
| + | |||
| + | function cs1.citation(frame) | ||
| + | Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode | ||
| + | local pframe = frame:getParent() | ||
| + | local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata; | ||
| + | |||
| + | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? | ||
| + | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules | ||
| + | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); | ||
| + | utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); | ||
| + | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); | ||
| + | identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); | ||
| + | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); | ||
| + | |||
| + | else -- otherwise | ||
| + | cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules | ||
| + | whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); | ||
| + | utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); | ||
| + | validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); | ||
| + | identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); | ||
| + | metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); | ||
end | end | ||
| + | |||
| + | utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables | ||
| + | identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | ||
| + | validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module | ||
| + | metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module | ||
| + | |||
| + | dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation | ||
| + | year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; | ||
| + | reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; | ||
| + | date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; | ||
| − | + | is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |
| − | + | in_array = utilities.in_array; | |
| − | + | substitute = utilities.substitute; | |
| − | + | error_comment = utilities.error_comment; | |
| − | + | set_error = utilities.set_error; | |
| + | select_one = utilities.select_one; | ||
| + | add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; | ||
| + | wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; | ||
| + | safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; | ||
| + | remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link; | ||
| + | |||
| + | z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | ||
| − | + | extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities | |
| + | build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; | ||
| + | is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; | ||
| + | extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; | ||
| − | + | make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS | |
| − | + | get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; | |
| − | + | COinS = metadata.COinS; | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | local args = {}; | |
| − | + | local suggestions = {}; | |
| − | + | local error_text, error_state; | |
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | |||
| − | local args = {}; | ||
| − | local suggestions = {}; | ||
| − | local error_text, error_state; | ||
local config = {}; | local config = {}; | ||
| Line 2,821: | Line 3,450: | ||
end | end | ||
| + | local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns | ||
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do | for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do | ||
if v ~= '' then | if v ~= '' then | ||
| Line 2,833: | Line 3,463: | ||
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); | ||
else | else | ||
| − | if #suggestions = | + | if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it |
| − | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); | + | if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
| + | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version | ||
| + | else | ||
| + | suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter | ||
| + | capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match | ||
| + | if capture then -- if the pattern matches | ||
| + | param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) | ||
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then | + | if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? |
| − | + | if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then | |
| − | + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); | |
| − | + | else | |
| + | error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); | ||
| + | end | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| Line 2,846: | Line 3,489: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| + | missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? | ||
| + | |||
args[k] = v; | args[k] = v; | ||
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then | elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then | ||
| Line 2,851: | Line 3,496: | ||
end | end | ||
end | end | ||
| − | + | ||
| + | for k, v in pairs( args ) do | ||
| + | if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters | ||
| + | has_invisible_chars (k, v); | ||
| + | end | ||
| + | end | ||
return citation0( config, args) | return citation0( config, args) | ||
end | end | ||
| − | return | + | return cs1; |
Latest revision as of 00:52, 29 October 2016
Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc
local cs1 ={};
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
returns true if it does, else false
]]
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
]=]
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
]]
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Strip off any port and path;
]]
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
]]
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
]]
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
]=]
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
]]
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" });
if is_set(access) then -- access level (free, paywalled, ...)
base_url = substitute(cfg.presentation[access], base_url);
end
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
local cap2='';
-- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced?
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
return script_value;
end
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
]]
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
]]
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
first match.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.
]]
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
-- Normal arguments
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
]]
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap='';
local cap2='';
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Converts a hyphen to a dash
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
]]
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
]]
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > name:len() then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
elseif 'mla' == control.mode then
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local one
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("—",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if 'mla' == control.mode then
if i == 1 then -- for mla
one = one .. namesep .. first; -- first name last, first
else -- all other names
one = first .. ' ' .. one; -- first last
end
else
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'mla' == control.mode then
text[#text-2] = ", and "; -- replace last separator with ', and ' text
else
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
]]
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.
]]
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
if is_set (name) then
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
-- last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.
]]
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
]]
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
]]
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
]]
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
]]
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
elseif 'mla' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
]=]
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
]]
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
]]
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.
|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
This code is experimental and may not be retained.
]]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
else
table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]); -- add this name
end
i = i+1;
end
return output_table;
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
end
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table); -- names are separated by commas
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
]]
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class)
-- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates
if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
-- end hack
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
]]
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then -- same as cs1 for magazines
lower = true; -- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return '';
end
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------
not currently used
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list
]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
return list;
end
]]
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
]]
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then
is_journal = false; -- mla always uses p & pp
end
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
]=]
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = 'save command';
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
]]
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then
Mode = '';
end
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
-- previously conference books did not support volume
-- if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
end
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
LastAuthorAmp = 'yes'; -- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
--these deprecated parameters are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
-- special case for cite interview
-- TODO: make cite interview not need any special cases
--[[
Program, Callsign, City deprecated, so avoid using /Configuration
for reassignment, which would allow these parameters' use outside interview
]]
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set(Program) then
if not is_set(Periodical) then
Periodical = Program;
end
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if not is_set(PublisherName) then
PublisherName = Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) then
PublicationPlace = City;
end
end
end
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Authors, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], -- TODO: find a better way to do this
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
AccessDate = ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
Authors = '';
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
end
end
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
if not is_set(URL) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv', 'interview'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
-- local err_msg
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
-- end
-- else
-- Title = temp_title;
-- end
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode);
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
if 'mla' == Mode then
Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others;
else
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.';
else
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
end
else
Edition = '';
end
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
if 'mla' == Mode then -- not in brackets for mla
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or "";
else
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
end
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode);
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if 'mla' == Mode then -- retrieved text not used in mla
AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate;
else
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
end
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, Access );
end
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
local Publisher;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
end
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite news in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc );
elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite web in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set(Date) then
if ('mla' == Mode) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then
Date = ', ' .. Date; -- origyear follows title in mla
elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then
Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')';
end
elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
in_text = '. Ed. ';
else
in_text = '. Eds. ';
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and ('mla' ~= Mode)then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = tcommon .. Date; -- hack to avoid duplicate separators
text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
end
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
function cs1.citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
end
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v;
end
end
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
end
return cs1;
